]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/iw.git/blob - nl80211.h
iw: allow CCMP-128/GCMP-128 as CCMP/GCMP aliases
[thirdparty/iw.git] / nl80211.h
1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3 /*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 *
15 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
16 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
17 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
18 *
19 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
20 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
21 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
22 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
23 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
24 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
25 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
26 *
27 */
28
29 /*
30 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
31 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
32 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
33 *
34 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
35 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
36 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
37 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
38 * can actually be identified and removed.
39 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
40 */
41
42 #include <linux/types.h>
43
44 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
45
46 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
53
54 /**
55 * DOC: Station handling
56 *
57 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
58 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
59 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
60 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
61 * to.
62 *
63 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
64 * capabilities.
65 *
66 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
67 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
68 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
69 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
70 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
71 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
72 * time mark it authorized.
73 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
74 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
75 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
76 *
77 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
78 */
79
80 /**
81 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
82 *
83 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
84 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
85 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
86 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
87 * for various reasons.
88 *
89 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
90 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
91 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
92 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
93 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
94 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
95 * for doing that.
96 *
97 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
98 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
99 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
100 *
101 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
102 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
103 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
104 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
105 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
106 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
107 *
108 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
109 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
110 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
111 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
112 *
113 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
114 * below.
115 */
116
117 /**
118 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
119 *
120 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
121 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
122 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
123 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
124 *
125 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
126 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
127 * types there no concurrency is implied.
128 *
129 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
130 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
131 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
132 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
133 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
134 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
135 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
136 *
137 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
138 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
139 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
140 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
141 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
142 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
143 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
144 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
145 *
146 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
147 * interfaces that a given device supports.
148 */
149
150 /**
151 * DOC: packet coalesce support
152 *
153 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
154 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
155 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
156 * and power consumption.
157 *
158 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
159 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
160 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
161 * following events occur.
162 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
163 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
164 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
165 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
166 *
167 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
168 * rule.
169 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
170 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
171 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
172 * Multiple such rules can be created.
173 */
174
175 /**
176 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
177 *
178 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
179 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
180 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
181 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
182 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
183 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
184 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
185 *
186 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
187 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
188 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
189 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
190 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
191 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
192 *
193 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
194 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
195 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
196 */
197
198 /**
199 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
200 *
201 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
202 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
203 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
204 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
205 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
206 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
207 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
208 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
209 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
211 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
212 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
213 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
214 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
215 *
216 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
217 * below additional parameters to userspace.
218 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
219 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
220 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
221 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
222 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
223 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
224 *
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
226 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
227 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
228 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
229 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
230 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
231 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
232 */
233
234 /**
235 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
236 *
237 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
238 *
239 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
240 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
241 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
243 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
244 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
245 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
246 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
247 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
248 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
249 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
250 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
251 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
252 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
253 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
254 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
255 *
256 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
257 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
258 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
259 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
260 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
261 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
262 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
263 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
264 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
265 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
266 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
267 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
268 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
269 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
270 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
271 *
272 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
273 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
274 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
275 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
276 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
278 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
279 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
280 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
281 *
282 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
283 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
284 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
285 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
286 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
287 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
288 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
289 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
290 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
291 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
292 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
293 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
294 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
295 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
296 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
297 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
298 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
299 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
300 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
301 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
302 *
303 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
304 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
305 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
306 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
307 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
308 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
309 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
310 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
311 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
312 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
313 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
314 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
315 * frame).
316 *
317 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
318 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
319 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
320 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
321 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
322 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
323 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
324 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
325 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
326 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
327 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
328 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
329 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
330 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
331 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
332 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
333 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
334 *
335 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
336 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
337 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
338 * global regdomain will be returned.
339 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
340 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
341 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
342 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
343 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
344 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
345 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
346 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
347 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
348 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
349 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
350 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
351 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
352 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
353 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
354 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
355 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
357 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
358 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
359 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
360 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
361 *
362 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
363 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
364 *
365 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
366 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
367 *
368 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
369 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
370 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
371 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
372 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
373 * added to all specified management frames generated by
374 * kernel/firmware/driver.
375 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
376 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
377 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
378 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
379 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
380 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
381 *
382 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
383 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
384 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
385 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
386 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
387 * be used.
388 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
389 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
390 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
391 * partial scan results may be available
392 *
393 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
394 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
395 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
396 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
397 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
398 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
399 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
400 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
401 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
402 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
403 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
404 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
405 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
406 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
407 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
408 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
409 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
410 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
411 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
412 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
413 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
414 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
415 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
416 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
417 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
418 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
419 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
420 * results available.
421 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
422 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
423 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
424 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
425 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
426 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
427 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
428 *
429 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
430 * or noise level
431 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
432 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
433 *
434 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
435 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
436 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
437 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
438 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
439 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
440 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
441 * ESS.
442 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
443 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
444 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
445 * authentication.
446 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
447 *
448 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
449 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
450 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
451 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
452 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
453 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
454 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
455 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
456 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
457 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
458 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
459 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
460 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
461 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
462 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
463 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
464 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
465 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
466 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
467 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
468 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
469 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
470 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
471 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
472 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
473 * the beacon hint was processed.
474 *
475 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
476 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
477 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
478 * authentication process.
479 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
480 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
481 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
482 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
483 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
484 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
485 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
486 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
487 * to be added to the frame.
488 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
489 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
490 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
491 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
492 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
493 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
494 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
495 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
496 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
497 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
498 * pending authentication timed out).
499 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
500 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
501 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
502 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
503 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
504 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
505 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
506 * included).
507 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
508 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
509 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
510 * primitives).
511 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
512 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
513 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
514 *
515 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
516 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
517 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
518 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
519 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
520 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
521 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
522 *
523 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
524 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
525 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
526 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
527 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
528 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
529 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
530 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
531 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
532 * determined by the network interface.
533 *
534 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
535 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
536 * to the driver.
537 *
538 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
539 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
540 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
541 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
542 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
543 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
544 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
545 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
546 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
547 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
548 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
549 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
550 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
551 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
552 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
553 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
554 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
555 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
556 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
557 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
558 * a different BSS is desired.
559 * Background scan period can optionally be
560 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
561 * if not specified default background scan configuration
562 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
563 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
564 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
565 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
566 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
567 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
568 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
569 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
570 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
571 * well to remain backwards compatible.
572 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
573 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
574 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
575 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
576 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
577 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
578 * handshake), this event should be followed by an
579 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
580 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
581 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
582 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
583 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
584 *
585 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
586 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
587 *
588 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
589 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
590 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
591 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
592 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
593 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
594 * frequency for the operation.
595 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
596 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
597 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
598 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
599 * radio).
600 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
601 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
602 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
603 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
604 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
605 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
606 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
607 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
608 * uniquely identify the request.
609 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
610 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
611 *
612 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
613 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
614 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
615 *
616 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
617 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
618 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
619 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
620 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
621 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
622 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
623 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
624 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
625 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
626 * backward compatibility
627 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
628 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
629 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
630 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
631 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
632 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
633 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
634 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
635 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
636 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
637 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
638 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
639 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
640 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
641 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
642 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
643 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
644 * is used during CSA period.
645 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
646 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
647 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
648 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
649 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
650 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
651 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
652 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
653 * the frame.
654 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
655 * backward compatibility.
656 *
657 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
658 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
659 *
660 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
661 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
662 * levels.
663 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
664 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
665 * reached.
666 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
667 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
668 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
669 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
670 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
671 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
672 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
673 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
674 * precedence when they are used.
675 *
676 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
677 *
678 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
679 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
680 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
681 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
682 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
683 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
684 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
685 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
686 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
687 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
688 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
689 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
690 * command, the feature is disabled.
691 *
692 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
693 * mesh config parameters may be given.
694 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
695 * network is determined by the network interface.
696 *
697 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
698 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
699 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
700 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
701 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
702 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
703 *
704 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
705 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
706 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
707 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
708 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
709 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
710 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
711 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
712 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
713 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
714 * depending on the authentication result.
715 *
716 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
717 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
718 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
719 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
720 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
721 * more background information, see
722 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
723 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
724 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
725 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
726 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
727 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
728 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
729 *
730 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
731 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
732 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
733 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
734 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
735 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
736 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
737 *
738 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
739 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
740 *
741 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
742 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
743 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
744 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
745 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
746 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
747 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
748 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
749 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
750 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
751 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
752 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
753 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
754 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
755 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
756 *
757 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
758 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
759 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
760 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
761 * is received.
762 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
763 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
764 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
765 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
766 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
767 *
768 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
769 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
770 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
771 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
772 *
773 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
774 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
775 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
776 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
777 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
778 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
779 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
780 *
781 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
782 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
783 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
784 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
785 *
786 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
787 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
788 *
789 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
790 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
791 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
792 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
793 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
794 * from the remote AP) is completed;
795 *
796 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
797 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
798 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
799 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
800 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
801 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
802 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
803 * interfaces to change channel as well.
804 *
805 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
806 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
807 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
808 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
809 * public action frame TX.
810 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
811 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
812 *
813 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
814 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
815 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
816 * is used for this.
817 *
818 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
819 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
820 *
821 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
822 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
823 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
824 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
825 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
826 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
827 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
828 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
829 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
830 *
831 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
832 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
833 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
834 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
835 * while operating on this channel.
836 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
837 * event.
838 *
839 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
840 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
841 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
842 *
843 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
844 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
845 *
846 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
847 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
848 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
849 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
850 *
851 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
852 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
853 * complete.
854 *
855 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
856 * return back to normal.
857 *
858 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
859 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
860 *
861 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
862 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
863 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
864 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
865 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
866 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
867 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
868 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
869 * switch is complete.
870 *
871 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
872 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
873 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
874 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
875 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
876 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
877 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
878 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
879 *
880 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
881 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
882 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
883 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
884 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
885 *
886 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
887 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
888 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
889 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
890 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
891 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
892 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
893 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
894 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
895 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
896 * fail even if the check was successful.
897 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
898 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
899 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
900 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
901 *
902 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
903 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
904 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
905 *
906 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
907 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
908 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
909 * network is determined by the network interface.
910 *
911 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
912 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
913 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
914 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
915 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
916 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
917 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
918 * AP.
919 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
920 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
921 * when this command completes.
922 *
923 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
924 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
925 * management.
926 *
927 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
928 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
929 * cfg80211_scan_done().
930 *
931 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
932 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
933 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
934 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
935 * cluster. This command must have a valid
936 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
937 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
938 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
939 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
940 * added.
941 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
942 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
943 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
944 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
945 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
946 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
947 * of the function upon success.
948 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
949 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
950 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
951 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
952 * which just terminated.
953 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
954 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
955 * the response to this command.
956 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
957 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
958 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
959 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
960 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
961 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
962 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
963 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
964 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
965 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
966 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
967 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
968 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
969 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
970 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
971 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
972 *
973 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
974 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
975 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
976 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
977 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
978 *
979 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
980 * for the given authenticator address (specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
981 * When &NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, &NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
982 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
983 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
984 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
985 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
986 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
987 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
988 * specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
989 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
990 * &NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or &NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
991 * &NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
992 *
993 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
994 *
995 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
996 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
997 */
998 enum nl80211_commands {
999 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1000 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1001
1002 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1003 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1004 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1005 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1006
1007 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1008 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1009 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1010 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1011
1012 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1013 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1014 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1015 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1016
1017 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1018 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1019 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1020 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1021 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1022 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1023
1024 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1025 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1026 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1027 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1028
1029 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1030 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1031 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1032 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1033
1034 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1035
1036 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1037 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1038
1039 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1040 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1041
1042 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1043
1044 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1045
1046 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1047 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1048 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1049 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1050
1051 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1052
1053 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1054 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1055 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1056 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1057
1058 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1059
1060 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1061
1062 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1063 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1064
1065 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1066
1067 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1068 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1069 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1070
1071 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1072
1073 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1074 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1075
1076 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1077 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1078 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1079
1080 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1081 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1082
1083 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1084
1085 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1086 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1087 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1088 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1089 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1090 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1091
1092 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1093 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1094
1095 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1096 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1097
1098 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1099 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1100
1101 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1102
1103 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1104 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1105
1106 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1107 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1108
1109 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1110
1111 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1112 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1113
1114 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1115 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1116 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1117 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1118
1119 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1120
1121 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1122
1123 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1124 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1125
1126 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1127
1128 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1129
1130 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1131
1132 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1133
1134 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1135
1136 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1137
1138 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1139 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1140
1141 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1142
1143 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1144
1145 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1146
1147 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1148
1149 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1150
1151 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1152 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1153
1154 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1155 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1156
1157 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1158 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1159
1160 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1161
1162 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1163
1164 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1165
1166 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1167 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1168
1169 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1170
1171 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1172 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1173
1174 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1175
1176 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1177 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1178
1179 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1180
1181 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1182
1183 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1184 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1185 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1186 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1187 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1188 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1189
1190 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1191
1192 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1193
1194 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1195 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1196
1197 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1198
1199 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1200
1201 /* add new commands above here */
1202
1203 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1204 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1205 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1206 };
1207
1208 /*
1209 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1210 * here
1211 */
1212 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1213 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1214 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1215 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1216 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1217 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1218 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1219 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1220
1221 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1222
1223 /* source-level API compatibility */
1224 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1225 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1226 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1227
1228 /**
1229 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1230 *
1231 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1232 *
1233 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1234 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1235 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1236 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1237 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1238 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1239 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1240 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1241 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1242 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1243 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1244 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1245 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1246 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1247 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1248 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1249 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1250 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1251 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1252 * this attribute)
1253 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1254 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1255 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1256 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1257 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1258 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1259 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1260 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1261 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1262 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1263 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1264 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1265 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1266 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1267 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1268 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1269 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1270 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1271 *
1272 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1273 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1274 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1275 *
1276 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1277 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1278 *
1279 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1280 *
1281 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1282 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1283 * keys
1284 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1285 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1286 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1287 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1288 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1289 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1290 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1291 * default management key
1292 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1293 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1294 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1295 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1296 *
1297 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1298 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1299 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1300 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1301 *
1302 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1303 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1304 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1305 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1306 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1307 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1308 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1309 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1310 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1311 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1312 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1313 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1314 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1315 *
1316 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1317 * consisting of a nested array.
1318 *
1319 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1320 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1321 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1322 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1323 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1324 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1325 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1326 *
1327 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1328 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1329 *
1330 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1331 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1332 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1333 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1334 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1335 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1336 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1337 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1338 * to a specific alpha2.
1339 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1340 * rules.
1341 *
1342 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1343 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1344 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1345 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1346 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1347 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1348 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1349 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1350 *
1351 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1352 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1353 *
1354 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1355 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1356 * of the interface mode.
1357 *
1358 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1359 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1360 *
1361 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1362 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1363 *
1364 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1365 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1366 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1367 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1368 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1369 * that can be added to a scan request
1370 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1371 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1372 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1373 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1374 *
1375 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1376 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1377 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1378 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1379 *
1380 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1381 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1382 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1383 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1384 *
1385 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1386 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1387 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1388 *
1389 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1390 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1391 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1392 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1393 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1394 * represented as a u32
1395 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1396 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1397 *
1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1399 * a u32
1400 *
1401 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1402 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1403 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1404 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1405 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1406 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1407 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1408 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1409 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1410 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1411 *
1412 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1413 * cipher suites
1414 *
1415 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1416 * for other networks on different channels
1417 *
1418 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1419 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1420 *
1421 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1422 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1423 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1424 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1425 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1426 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1427 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1428 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1429 *
1430 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1431 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1432 *
1433 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1434 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1435 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1436 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1437 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1438 * default in station mode.
1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1440 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1441 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1442 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1443 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1444 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1446 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1447 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1448 *
1449 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1450 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1451 *
1452 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1453 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1454 * a local disconnect request.
1455 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1456 * event (u16)
1457 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1458 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1459 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1460 *
1461 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1462 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1463 * (an array of u32).
1464 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1465 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1466 * u32).
1467 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1468 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1469 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1470 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1471 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1472 *
1473 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1474 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1475 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1476 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1477 *
1478 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1479 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1480 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1481 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1482 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1483 *
1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1485 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1487 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1488 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1489 *
1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1491 *
1492 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1493 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1494 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1495 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1496 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1497 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1498 * completely from scratch.
1499 *
1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1501 *
1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1503 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1504 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1505 *
1506 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1507 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1508 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1509 *
1510 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1511 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1512 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1513 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1514 *
1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1516 *
1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1518 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1519 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1520 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1521 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1522 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1523 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1524 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1525 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1526 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1527 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1528 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1529 *
1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1531 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1532 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1533 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1534 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1535 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1536 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1537 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1538 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1539 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1540 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1541 *
1542 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1543 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1544 *
1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1546 *
1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1548 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1549 *
1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1551 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1552 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1553 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1554 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1555 *
1556 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1557 * connected to this BSS.
1558 *
1559 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1560 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1561 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1562 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1563 * for non-automatic settings.
1564 *
1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1566 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1567 *
1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1569 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1570 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1571 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1572 *
1573 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1574 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1575 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1576 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1577 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1578 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1579 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1580 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1581 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1582 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1583 *
1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1585 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1586 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1587 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1588 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1589 *
1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1591 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1592 *
1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1594 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1595 *
1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1597 *
1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1599 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1600 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1601 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1602 * nl80211 capability flag.
1603 *
1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1605 *
1606 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1607 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1608 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1609 *
1610 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1611 * changed once the mesh is active.
1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1613 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1614 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1615 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1616 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1617 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1618 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1619 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1620 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1621 *
1622 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1623 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1625 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1626 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1627 * triggers.
1628 *
1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1630 * cycles, in msecs.
1631 *
1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1633 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1634 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1635 * pass-thru filter rules.
1636 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1637 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1638 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1639 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1640 * able to ignore them by itself.
1641 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1642 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1643 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1644 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1645 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1646 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1647 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1648 * If ommited, no filtering is done.
1649 *
1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1651 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1652 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1653 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1654 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1655 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1656 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1657 *
1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1659 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1660 *
1661 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1662 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1663 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1664 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1665 *
1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1667 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1668 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1669 *
1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1671 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1672 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1673 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1675 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1676 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1677 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1678 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1679 *
1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1681 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1683 * as AP.
1684 *
1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1686 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1687 *
1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1689 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1690 *
1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1692 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1693 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1694 * applications use this attribute.
1695 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1696 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1697 *
1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1699 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1700 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1702 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1704 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1706 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1708 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1709 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1710 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1711 *
1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1713 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1714 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1715 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1716 *
1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1718 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1719 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1720 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1721 *
1722 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1723 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1725 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1726 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1727 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1728 *
1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1730 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1731 * to be filled by the FW.
1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1733 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1735 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1736 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1737 * The values that may be configured are:
1738 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1739 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1740 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1741 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1742 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1743 *
1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1745 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1746 * to one DFS region.
1747 *
1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1749 * up to 16 TIDs.
1750 *
1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1752 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1753 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
1754 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1755 * capability to timeout the stations.
1756 *
1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1758 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1759 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1760 *
1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1762 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1763 *
1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1765 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1766 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1767 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1768 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1769 *
1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1771 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1772 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1773 *
1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1775 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1776 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1777 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1778 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1779 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1780 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1781 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1782 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1783 * consistent.
1784 *
1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1786 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1787 *
1788 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1789 *
1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1791 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1793 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1794 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1795 * no change is made.
1796 *
1797 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1798 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1799 *
1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1801 * carried in a u32 attribute
1802 *
1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1804 * MAC ACL.
1805 *
1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1807 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1808 * ACL.
1809 *
1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1811 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1812 *
1813 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1814 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1815 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1817 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1818 *
1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1820 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1821 *
1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1823 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1824 * and PU-APSD.
1825 *
1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1827 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1828 *
1829 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1830 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1831 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1832 *
1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1834 *
1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1836 * Element
1837 *
1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1839 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1841 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1842 *
1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1844 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1845 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1846 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1847 *
1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1849 *
1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1851 * until the channel switch event.
1852 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1853 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1854 * operation).
1855 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1856 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1858 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1860 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
1861 *
1862 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1863 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1864 *
1865 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1866 *
1867 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1868 * supported operating classes.
1869 *
1870 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1871 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1872 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1873 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1874 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1875 * IBSS network.
1876 *
1877 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1878 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1879 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1880 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1881 *
1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1883 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
1884 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
1885 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
1886 * u8 attribute.
1887 *
1888 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1889 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1891 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1892 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1893 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1894 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
1895 *
1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1897 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
1898 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
1899 *
1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
1902 *
1903 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
1904 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
1905 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
1906 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
1907 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
1908 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
1909 *
1910 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
1911 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
1913 * supported number of csa counters.
1914 *
1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
1916 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
1917 *
1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
1919 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
1920 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
1921 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
1922 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
1923 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
1924 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
1925 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
1926 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
1927 * cleared when the socket is closed.
1928 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
1929 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
1930 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
1931 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
1932 * multicast group.
1933 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
1934 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
1935 *
1936 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
1937 * the TDLS link initiator.
1938 *
1939 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
1940 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
1941 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
1942 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
1943 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
1944 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
1945 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
1946 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
1947 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
1948 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
1949 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
1950 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
1951 *
1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
1953 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
1954 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
1955 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
1956 * setting valid value for coverage class.
1957 *
1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
1960 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
1961 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
1962 *
1963 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
1964 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
1965 *
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
1967 *
1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
1969 *
1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
1971 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
1972 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
1973 * cfg80211 regdomain.
1974 *
1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
1976 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
1977 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
1978 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
1979 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
1980 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
1981 *
1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
1983 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
1984 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
1985 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
1986 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
1987 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
1988 * over all channels.
1989 *
1990 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
1991 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
1992 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
1993 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
1994
1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
1996 * is operating in an indoor environment.
1997 *
1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
1999 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2000 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2001 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2003 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2005 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2006 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2007 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2008 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2009 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2010 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2011 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2012 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2013 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2015 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2016 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2017 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2018 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2019 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2020 *
2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2022 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2023 *
2024 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2025 *
2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2027 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2028 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2029 * interface type.
2030 *
2031 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2032 * groupID for monitor mode.
2033 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2034 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2035 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2036 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2037 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2038 * each group.
2039 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2040 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2041 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2042 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2043 * groupID data.
2044 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2046 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2047 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2048 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2049 *
2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2051 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2052 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2053 * attribute must not be included).
2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2055 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2056 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2057 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2058 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2059 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2060 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2061 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2062 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2063 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2064 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2065 *
2066 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2067 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2068 *
2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2070 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2071 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2072 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2073 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2074 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2075 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2076 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2077 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2078 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2079 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2080 * the device will decide what to use.
2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2082 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2083 * attribute.
2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2085 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2086 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2087 * protection.
2088 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2089 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2090 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2091 *
2092 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2093 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2094 *
2095 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2096 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2097 *
2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2099 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2100 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2101 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2102 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2103 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2104 * unnecessary wakeups.
2105 *
2106 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2107 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2108 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out
2109 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2110 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2111 *
2112 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2113 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2114 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2115 *
2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2117 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2118 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2119 *
2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2121 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2122 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2123 *
2124 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2125 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2126 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2127 *
2128 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2129 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2130 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2131 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2132 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2133 *
2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2135 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2136 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2137 *
2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2139 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2140 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2141 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
2142 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
2143 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
2144 *
2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2146 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2147 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2148 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2149 *
2150 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2151 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2152 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2153 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2154 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2155 *
2156 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2158 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2159 */
2160 enum nl80211_attrs {
2161 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2162 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2163
2164 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2165 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2166
2167 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2168 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2169 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2170
2171 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2172
2173 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2174 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2175 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2176 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2177 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2178
2179 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2180 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2181 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2182 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2183
2184 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2185 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2186 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2187 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2188 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2189 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2190
2191 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2192
2193 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2194
2195 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2196 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2197 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2198 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2199
2200 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2201 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2202 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2203
2204 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2205
2206 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2207
2208 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2209 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2210
2211 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2212
2213 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2214
2215 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2216 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2217 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2218
2219 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2220
2221 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2222 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2223
2224 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2225
2226 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2227 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2228 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2229 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2230
2231 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2232 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2233
2234 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2235
2236 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2237 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2238 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2239 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2240
2241 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2242
2243 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2244 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2245
2246 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2247 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2248
2249 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2250
2251
2252 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2253 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2254 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2255 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2256
2257 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2258
2259 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2260
2261 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2262
2263 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2264
2265 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2266
2267 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2268
2269 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2270 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2271
2272 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2273 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2274 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2275 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2276
2277 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2278 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2279
2280 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2281
2282 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2283 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2284
2285 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2286
2287 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2288
2289 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2290
2291 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2292 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2293
2294 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2295
2296 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2297
2298 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2299
2300 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2301
2302 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2303
2304 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2305
2306 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2307
2308 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2309
2310 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2311
2312 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2313
2314 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2315 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2316
2317 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2318 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2319 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2320
2321 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2322 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2323
2324 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2325
2326 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2327 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2328
2329 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2330
2331 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2332
2333 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2334
2335 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2336
2337 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2338
2339 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2340
2341 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2342 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2343
2344 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2345 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2346
2347 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2348 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2349
2350 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2351
2352 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2353 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2354
2355 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2356
2357 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2358 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2359
2360 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2361
2362 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2363
2364 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2365 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2366
2367 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2368 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2369
2370 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2371
2372 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2373 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2374
2375 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2376
2377 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2378
2379 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2380 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2381 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2382 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2383 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2384
2385 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2386
2387 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2388
2389 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2390
2391 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2392
2393 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2394
2395 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2396
2397 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2398 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2399
2400 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2401
2402 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2403
2404 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2405
2406 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2407
2408 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2409
2410 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2411
2412 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2413
2414 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2415
2416 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2417
2418 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2419
2420 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2421 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2422 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2423
2424 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2425 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2426
2427 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2428
2429 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2430
2431 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2432
2433 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2434
2435 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2436
2437 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2438 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2439
2440 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2441 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2442
2443 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2444 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2445
2446 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2447 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2448
2449 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2450 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2451
2452 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2453 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2454
2455 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2456
2457 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2458
2459 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2460 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2461 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2462 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2463 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2464
2465 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2466
2467 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2468
2469 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2470
2471 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2472
2473 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2474 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2475
2476 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2477
2478 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2479 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2480 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2481 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2482
2483 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2484
2485 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2486 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2487
2488 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2489
2490 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2491
2492 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2493
2494 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2495 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2496
2497 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2498
2499 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2500
2501 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2502
2503 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2504 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2505 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2506
2507 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2508
2509 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2510
2511 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2512
2513 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2514
2515 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2516
2517 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2518
2519 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2520
2521 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2522
2523 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2524
2525 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2526 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2527 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2528 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2529
2530 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2531
2532 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2533
2534 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2535
2536 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2537
2538 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2539
2540 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2541 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2542
2543 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2544 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2545 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2546 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2547
2548 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2549
2550 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2551 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
2552 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2553 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2554
2555 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2556 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2557
2558 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2559
2560 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2561
2562 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2563 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2564
2565 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2566
2567 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2568 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2569 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2570 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2571 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2572
2573 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2574
2575 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2576 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2577
2578 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2579 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2580 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2581
2582 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2583
2584 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2585 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2586 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2587 };
2588
2589 /* source-level API compatibility */
2590 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2591 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2592 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2593 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2594
2595 /*
2596 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2597 * here
2598 */
2599 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2600 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2601 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2602 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2603 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2604 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2605 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2606 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2607 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2608 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2609 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2610 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2611 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2612 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2613 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2614 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2615 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2616 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2617 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2618 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2619 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2620
2621 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
2622 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
2623 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64
2624 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2625 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2626 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2627 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
2628 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
2629
2630 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2631 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2632
2633 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2634
2635 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2636 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2637
2638 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2639
2640 /**
2641 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2642 *
2643 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2644 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2645 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2646 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2647 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2648 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2649 * AP type interface.
2650 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2651 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2652 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2653 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2654 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2655 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2656 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2657 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2658 * commands to create and destroy one
2659 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2660 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2661 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2662 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2663 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2664 *
2665 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2666 * to set the type of an interface.
2667 *
2668 */
2669 enum nl80211_iftype {
2670 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2671 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2672 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2673 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2674 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2675 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2676 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2677 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2678 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2679 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2680 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2681 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
2682 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
2683
2684 /* keep last */
2685 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2686 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2687 };
2688
2689 /**
2690 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2691 *
2692 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2693 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2694 *
2695 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2696 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2697 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2698 * with short barker preamble
2699 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2700 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2701 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2702 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2703 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2704 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2705 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2706 * as errors.)
2707 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2708 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2709 * previously added station into associated state
2710 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2711 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2712 */
2713 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2714 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2715 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2716 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2717 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2718 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2719 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2720 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2721 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2722
2723 /* keep last */
2724 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2725 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2726 };
2727
2728 /**
2729 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2730 *
2731 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2732 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2733 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2734 */
2735 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2736 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2737 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2738
2739 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2740 };
2741
2742 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2743
2744 /**
2745 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2746 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2747 * @set: which values to set them to
2748 *
2749 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2750 */
2751 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2752 __u32 mask;
2753 __u32 set;
2754 } __attribute__((packed));
2755
2756 /**
2757 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2758 *
2759 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2760 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2761 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2762 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2763 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2764 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2765 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2766 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2767 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
2768 *
2769 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2770 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2771 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
2772 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
2773 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
2774 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
2775 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
2776 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2777 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2778 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
2779 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2780 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
2781 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
2782 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2783 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2784 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
2785 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
2786 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2787 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
2788 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2789 */
2790 enum nl80211_rate_info {
2791 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
2792 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
2793 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
2794 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
2795 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
2796 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
2797 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
2798 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
2799 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2800 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2801 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
2802 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
2803 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
2804
2805 /* keep last */
2806 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2807 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2808 };
2809
2810 /**
2811 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
2812 *
2813 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
2814 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2815 *
2816 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2817 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
2818 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
2819 * (flag)
2820 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
2821 * (flag)
2822 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
2823 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
2824 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
2825 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2826 */
2827 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
2828 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
2829 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
2830 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2831 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2832 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
2833 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2834
2835 /* keep last */
2836 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
2837 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
2838 };
2839
2840 /**
2841 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2842 *
2843 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2844 * when getting information about a station.
2845 *
2846 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2847 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
2848 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2849 * (u32, from this station)
2850 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2851 * (u32, to this station)
2852 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2853 * (u64, from this station)
2854 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2855 * (u64, to this station)
2856 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
2857 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
2858 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
2859 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2860 * (u32, from this station)
2861 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2862 * (u32, to this station)
2863 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
2864 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
2865 * (u32, to this station)
2866 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
2867 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
2868 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
2869 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
2870 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
2871 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
2872 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
2873 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
2874 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
2875 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
2876 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
2877 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
2878 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
2879 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2880 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
2881 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
2882 * non-peer STA
2883 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
2884 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
2885 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
2886 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
2887 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
2888 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
2889 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
2890 * (u64)
2891 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
2892 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
2893 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
2894 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
2895 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
2896 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
2897 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
2898 * attributes carrying the actual values.
2899 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
2900 * received from the station (u64, usec)
2901 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2902 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
2903 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
2904 */
2905 enum nl80211_sta_info {
2906 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
2907 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
2908 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
2909 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
2910 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
2911 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
2912 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
2913 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
2914 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
2915 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
2916 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
2917 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
2918 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
2919 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
2920 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
2921 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
2922 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
2923 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
2924 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
2925 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
2926 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
2927 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
2928 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
2929 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
2930 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
2931 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
2932 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
2933 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
2934 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
2935 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
2936 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
2937 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
2938 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
2939 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
2940
2941 /* keep last */
2942 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2943 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2944 };
2945
2946 /**
2947 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
2948 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2949 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
2950 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
2951 * attempted to transmit; u64)
2952 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
2953 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
2954 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
2955 * MSDUs (u64)
2956 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2957 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
2958 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
2959 */
2960 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
2961 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
2962 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
2963 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
2964 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
2965 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
2966 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
2967
2968 /* keep last */
2969 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
2970 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
2971 };
2972
2973 /**
2974 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
2975 *
2976 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
2977 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
2978 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
2979 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
2980 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
2981 */
2982 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
2983 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
2984 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
2985 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
2986 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
2987 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
2988 };
2989
2990 /**
2991 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
2992 *
2993 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
2994 * information about a mesh path.
2995 *
2996 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2997 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
2998 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
2999 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3000 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3001 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3002 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3003 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3004 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3005 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3006 * currently defind
3007 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3008 */
3009 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3010 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3011 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3012 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3013 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3014 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3015 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3016 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3017 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3018
3019 /* keep last */
3020 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3021 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3022 };
3023
3024 /**
3025 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3026 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3027 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3028 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3029 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3030 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3031 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3032 * defined in 802.11n
3033 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3034 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3035 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3036 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3037 * defined in 802.11ac
3038 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3039 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3040 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3041 */
3042 enum nl80211_band_attr {
3043 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3044 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3045 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3046
3047 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3048 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3049 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3050 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3051
3052 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3053 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3054
3055 /* keep last */
3056 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3057 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3058 };
3059
3060 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3061
3062 /**
3063 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3064 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3065 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3066 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3067 * regulatory domain.
3068 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3069 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3070 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3071 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3072 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3073 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3074 * (100 * dBm).
3075 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3076 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3077 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3078 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3079 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3080 * channel as the control channel
3081 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3082 * channel as the control channel
3083 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3084 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3085 * this includes 80+80 channels
3086 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3087 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3088 * isn't possible
3089 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3090 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3091 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3092 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3093 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3094 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3095 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3096 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3097 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3098 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3099 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3100 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3101 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3102 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3103 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3104 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3105 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3106 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3107 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3108 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3109 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3110 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3111 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3112 * currently defined
3113 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3114 *
3115 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3116 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3117 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3118 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3119 */
3120 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3121 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3122 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3123 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3124 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3125 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3126 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3127 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3128 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3129 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3130 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3131 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3132 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3133 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3134 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3135 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3136 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3137 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3138 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3139
3140 /* keep last */
3141 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3142 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3143 };
3144
3145 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3146 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3147 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3148 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3149 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3150 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3151
3152 /**
3153 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3154 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3155 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3156 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3157 * in 2.4 GHz band.
3158 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3159 * currently defined
3160 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3161 */
3162 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3163 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3164 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3165 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3166
3167 /* keep last */
3168 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3169 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3170 };
3171
3172 /**
3173 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3174 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3175 * regulatory domain.
3176 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3177 * regulatory domain.
3178 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3179 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3180 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3181 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3182 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3183 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3184 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3185 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3186 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3187 */
3188 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3189 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3190 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3191 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3192 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3193 };
3194
3195 /**
3196 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3197 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3198 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3199 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3200 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3201 * domain.
3202 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3203 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3204 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3205 * them to be applied.
3206 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3207 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3208 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3209 * domain request to be processed.
3210 */
3211 enum nl80211_reg_type {
3212 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3213 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3214 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3215 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3216 };
3217
3218 /**
3219 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3220 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3221 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3222 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3223 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3224 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3225 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3226 * band edge.
3227 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3228 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3229 * band edge.
3230 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3231 * frequency range, in KHz.
3232 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3233 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3234 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3235 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3236 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3237 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3238 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3239 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3240 * currently defined
3241 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3242 */
3243 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3244 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3245 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3246
3247 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3248 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3249 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3250
3251 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3252 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3253
3254 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3255
3256 /* keep last */
3257 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3258 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3259 };
3260
3261 /**
3262 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3263 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3264 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3265 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
3266 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3267 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3268 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3269 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3270 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3271 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3272 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3273 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3274 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3275 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3276 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3277 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3278 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3279 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3280 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3281 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3282 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3283 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
3284 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3285 * attribute number currently defined
3286 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3287 */
3288 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3289 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3290
3291 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3292 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3293 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3294 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3295 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
3296
3297 /* keep last */
3298 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3299 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3300 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3301 };
3302
3303 /* only for backward compatibility */
3304 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3305
3306 /**
3307 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3308 *
3309 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3310 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3311 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3312 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3313 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3314 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3315 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3316 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3317 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3318 * beaconing.
3319 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3320 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3321 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3322 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3323 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3324 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3325 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3326 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3327 */
3328 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3329 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3330 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3331 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3332 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3333 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3334 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3335 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
3336 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3337 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
3338 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
3339 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
3340 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3341 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3342 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3343 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
3344 };
3345
3346 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3347 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3348 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3349 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3350 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3351 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3352
3353 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3354 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3355
3356 /**
3357 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3358 *
3359 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3360 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3361 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3362 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3363 */
3364 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3365 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3366 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3367 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3368 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
3369 };
3370
3371 /**
3372 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3373 *
3374 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3375 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3376 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3377 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3378 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3379 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3380 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3381 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3382 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3383 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3384 * supported feature.
3385 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3386 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3387 */
3388 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3389 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3390 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3391 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
3392 };
3393
3394 /**
3395 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3396 *
3397 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3398 * when getting information about a survey.
3399 *
3400 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3401 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3402 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3403 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3404 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3405 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3406 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3407 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3408 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3409 * channel was sensed busy
3410 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3411 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3412 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3413 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3414 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3415 * (on this channel or globally)
3416 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3417 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3418 * currently defined
3419 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3420 */
3421 enum nl80211_survey_info {
3422 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3423 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3424 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3425 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3426 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3427 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3428 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3429 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3430 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3431 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3432 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3433
3434 /* keep last */
3435 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3436 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3437 };
3438
3439 /* keep old names for compatibility */
3440 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3441 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3442 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3443 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3444 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3445
3446 /**
3447 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3448 *
3449 * Monitor configuration flags.
3450 *
3451 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3452 *
3453 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3454 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3455 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3456 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3457 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3458 * overrides all other flags.
3459 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3460 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3461 *
3462 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3463 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3464 */
3465 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3466 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3467 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3468 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3469 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3470 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3471 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3472 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3473
3474 /* keep last */
3475 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3476 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3477 };
3478
3479 /**
3480 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3481 *
3482 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3483 * not known or has not been set yet.
3484 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3485 * in Awake state all the time.
3486 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3487 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3488 * neighbor's beacons.
3489 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3490 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3491 * for neighbor's beacons.
3492 *
3493 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3494 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3495 */
3496
3497 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3498 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3499 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3500 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3501 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3502
3503 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3504 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3505 };
3506
3507 /**
3508 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3509 *
3510 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3511 * active.
3512 *
3513 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3514 *
3515 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3516 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3517 *
3518 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3519 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3520 *
3521 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3522 * millisecond units
3523 *
3524 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3525 * on this mesh interface
3526 *
3527 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3528 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3529 * mesh
3530 *
3531 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3532 * point.
3533 *
3534 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3535 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3536 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3537 * set.
3538 *
3539 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
3540 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3541 * target)
3542 *
3543 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
3544 * (in milliseconds)
3545 *
3546 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
3547 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
3548 *
3549 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
3550 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3551 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
3552 *
3553 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3554 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3555 * reference element
3556 *
3557 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
3558 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3559 * mesh
3560 *
3561 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3562 *
3563 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
3564 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
3565 *
3566 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3567 * root announcements are transmitted.
3568 *
3569 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
3570 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
3571 * Announcement frames.
3572 *
3573 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3574 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3575 * PERR element.
3576 *
3577 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
3578 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3579 *
3580 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3581 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3582 * a peer link.
3583 *
3584 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3585 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3586 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
3587 *
3588 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
3589 *
3590 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3591 *
3592 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3593 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3594 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3595 *
3596 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3597 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3598 *
3599 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3600 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3601 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
3602 *
3603 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3604 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3605 *
3606 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3607 *
3608 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3609 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
3610 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3611 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
3612 *
3613 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3614 */
3615 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3616 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3617 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3618 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3619 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3620 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3621 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3622 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3623 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3624 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3625 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3626 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3627 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3628 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3629 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
3630 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
3631 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
3632 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3633 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
3634 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3635 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
3636 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
3637 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
3638 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
3639 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
3640 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3641 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
3642 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
3643 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
3644 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
3645
3646 /* keep last */
3647 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3648 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3649 };
3650
3651 /**
3652 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
3653 *
3654 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
3655 * changed while the mesh is active.
3656 *
3657 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
3658 *
3659 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
3660 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
3661 * default HWMP.
3662 *
3663 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
3664 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
3665 * metric.
3666 *
3667 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
3668 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
3669 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
3670 * metrics in use.
3671 *
3672 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
3673 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
3674 *
3675 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
3676 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
3677 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
3678 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
3679 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
3680 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
3681 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
3682 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
3683 * userspace daemon.
3684 *
3685 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
3686 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
3687 * neighbor offset synchronization
3688 *
3689 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
3690 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
3691 *
3692 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
3693 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
3694 * Default is no authentication method required.
3695 *
3696 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
3697 *
3698 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
3699 */
3700 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
3701 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
3702 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
3703 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
3704 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3705 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
3706 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
3707 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
3708 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
3709 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
3710
3711 /* keep last */
3712 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3713 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3714 };
3715
3716 /**
3717 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
3718 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
3719 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
3720 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
3721 * disabled
3722 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
3723 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3724 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
3725 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3726 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
3727 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
3728 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
3729 */
3730 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
3731 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
3732 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
3733 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
3734 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
3735 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
3736 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
3737
3738 /* keep last */
3739 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3740 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3741 };
3742
3743 enum nl80211_ac {
3744 NL80211_AC_VO,
3745 NL80211_AC_VI,
3746 NL80211_AC_BE,
3747 NL80211_AC_BK,
3748 NL80211_NUM_ACS
3749 };
3750
3751 /* backward compat */
3752 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
3753 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
3754 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
3755 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
3756 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
3757
3758 /**
3759 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
3760 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3761 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
3762 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3763 * below the control channel
3764 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3765 * above the control channel
3766 */
3767 enum nl80211_channel_type {
3768 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
3769 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
3770 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
3771 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
3772 };
3773
3774 /**
3775 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
3776 *
3777 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
3778 * attribute.
3779 *
3780 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3781 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
3782 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3783 * attribute must be provided as well
3784 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3785 * attribute must be provided as well
3786 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3787 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
3788 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3789 * attribute must be provided as well
3790 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
3791 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
3792 */
3793 enum nl80211_chan_width {
3794 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
3795 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3796 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
3797 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
3798 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
3799 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
3800 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3801 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3802 };
3803
3804 /**
3805 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
3806 *
3807 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
3808 *
3809 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
3810 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
3811 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
3812 */
3813 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
3814 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3815 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3816 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3817 };
3818
3819 /**
3820 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
3821 *
3822 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
3823 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
3824 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
3825 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
3826 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
3827 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
3828 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
3829 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
3830 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
3831 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
3832 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
3833 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
3834 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
3835 * they are from a Beacon frame.
3836 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
3837 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
3838 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
3839 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
3840 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
3841 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
3842 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
3843 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
3844 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
3845 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
3846 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
3847 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
3848 * yet been received
3849 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
3850 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
3851 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
3852 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
3853 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
3854 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
3855 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
3856 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
3857 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
3858 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3859 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
3860 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
3861 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
3862 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
3863 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
3864 * is set.
3865 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
3866 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
3867 */
3868 enum nl80211_bss {
3869 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
3870 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
3871 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
3872 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
3873 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3874 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
3875 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
3876 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
3877 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
3878 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
3879 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
3880 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
3881 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
3882 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
3883 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
3884 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
3885 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
3886 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
3887 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
3888
3889 /* keep last */
3890 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
3891 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
3892 };
3893
3894 /**
3895 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
3896 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
3897 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
3898 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
3899 * a given BSS.
3900 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
3901 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
3902 *
3903 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
3904 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
3905 */
3906 enum nl80211_bss_status {
3907 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
3908 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
3909 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
3910 };
3911
3912 /**
3913 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
3914 *
3915 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
3916 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
3917 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
3918 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
3919 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
3920 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
3921 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
3922 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
3923 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
3924 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
3925 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
3926 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
3927 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
3928 */
3929 enum nl80211_auth_type {
3930 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
3931 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
3932 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
3933 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
3934 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
3935 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
3936 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
3937 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
3938
3939 /* keep last */
3940 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
3941 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
3942 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
3943 };
3944
3945 /**
3946 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
3947 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
3948 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
3949 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
3950 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
3951 */
3952 enum nl80211_key_type {
3953 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
3954 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
3955 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
3956
3957 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
3958 };
3959
3960 /**
3961 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
3962 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
3963 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
3964 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
3965 */
3966 enum nl80211_mfp {
3967 NL80211_MFP_NO,
3968 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
3969 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
3970 };
3971
3972 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
3973 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
3974 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
3975 };
3976
3977 /**
3978 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
3979 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
3980 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
3981 * unicast key
3982 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
3983 * multicast key
3984 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
3985 */
3986 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
3987 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
3988 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
3989 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
3990
3991 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
3992 };
3993
3994 /**
3995 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
3996 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
3997 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
3998 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
3999 * keys
4000 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4001 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4002 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4003 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4004 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4005 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4006 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4007 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4008 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4009 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4010 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4011 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4012 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4013 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4014 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4015 */
4016 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4017 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4018 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4019 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4020 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4021 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4022 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4023 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4024 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4025 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4026
4027 /* keep last */
4028 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4029 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4030 };
4031
4032 /**
4033 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4034 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4035 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4036 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4037 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4038 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4039 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4040 * in an array of MCS numbers.
4041 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4042 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4043 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4044 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4045 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4046 */
4047 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4048 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4049 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4050 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4051 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
4052 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
4053
4054 /* keep last */
4055 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4056 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4057 };
4058
4059 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4060 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4061
4062 /**
4063 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4064 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4065 */
4066 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4067 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4068 };
4069
4070 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4071 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4072 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4073 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4074 };
4075
4076 /**
4077 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4078 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4079 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4080 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
4081 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4082 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4083 */
4084 enum nl80211_band {
4085 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4086 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4087 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4088
4089 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4090 };
4091
4092 /**
4093 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4094 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4095 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4096 */
4097 enum nl80211_ps_state {
4098 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4099 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4100 };
4101
4102 /**
4103 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4104 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4105 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4106 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4107 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4108 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4109 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4110 * crosses any of the thresholds.
4111 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4112 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4113 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4114 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4115 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4116 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4117 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4118 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4119 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4120 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4121 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4122 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4123 * checked.
4124 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4125 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4126 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4127 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4128 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4129 * loss event
4130 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4131 * RSSI threshold event.
4132 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4133 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4134 */
4135 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4136 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4137 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4138 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4139 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4140 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4141 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4142 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4143 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4144 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4145 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4146
4147 /* keep last */
4148 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4149 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4150 };
4151
4152 /**
4153 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4154 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4155 * configured threshold
4156 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4157 * configured threshold
4158 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4159 */
4160 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4161 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4162 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4163 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4164 };
4165
4166
4167 /**
4168 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4169 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4170 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4171 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4172 */
4173 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4174 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4175 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4176 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4177 };
4178
4179 /**
4180 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4181 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4182 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4183 * a zero bit are ignored
4184 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4185 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4186 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4187 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4188 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4189 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4190 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4191 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4192 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4193 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4194 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4195 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4196 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4197 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4198 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4199 */
4200 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4201 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4202 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4203 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4204 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4205
4206 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4207 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4208 };
4209
4210 /**
4211 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4212 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4213 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4214 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4215 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4216 *
4217 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4218 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4219 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4220 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4221 * by the kernel to userspace.
4222 */
4223 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4224 __u32 max_patterns;
4225 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4226 __u32 max_pattern_len;
4227 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
4228 } __attribute__((packed));
4229
4230 /* only for backward compatibility */
4231 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4232 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4233 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4234 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4235 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4236 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4237 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4238
4239 /**
4240 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4241 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4242 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4243 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4244 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
4245 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4246 * any others are even supported by the device.
4247 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4248 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4249 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4250 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4251 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4252 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4253 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4254 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4255 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4256 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4257 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4258 *
4259 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4260 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4261 *
4262 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4263 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4264 * to the kernel when configuring.
4265 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4266 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4267 * by the device (flag)
4268 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4269 * done by the device) (flag)
4270 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4271 * packet (flag)
4272 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4273 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4274 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4275 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4276 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4277 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4278 * attribute contains the original length.
4279 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4280 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4281 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4282 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4283 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4284 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4285 * contains the original length.
4286 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4287 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4288 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4289 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4290 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4291 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4292 * the TCP connection.
4293 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4294 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4295 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4296 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4297 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4298 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4299 * service
4300 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4301 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4302 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
4303 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4304 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4305 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4306 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4307 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4308 * supported by the driver (u32).
4309 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4310 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4311 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4312 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4313 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4314 * occurred.
4315 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4316 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4317 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4318 * these attributes must be present. If
4319 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4320 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4321 * channel.
4322 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4323 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4324 *
4325 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4326 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4327 */
4328 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4329 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4330 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4331 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4332 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4333 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4334 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4335 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4336 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4337 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4338 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4339 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4340 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4341 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4342 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4343 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4344 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4345 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4346 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4347 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4348 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
4349
4350 /* keep last */
4351 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4352 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4353 };
4354
4355 /**
4356 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4357 *
4358 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4359 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4360 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4361 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4362 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4363 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4364 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4365 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4366 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4367 *
4368 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4369 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4370 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4371 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4372 * also woken up.
4373 *
4374 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4375 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4376 */
4377
4378 /**
4379 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4380 * @start: starting value
4381 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4382 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4383 *
4384 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4385 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4386 * in little endian.
4387 */
4388 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4389 __u32 start, offset, len;
4390 };
4391
4392 /**
4393 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4394 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4395 * @len: length of each token
4396 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4397 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4398 */
4399 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4400 __u32 offset, len;
4401 __u8 token_stream[];
4402 };
4403
4404 /**
4405 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4406 * @min_len: minimum token length
4407 * @max_len: maximum token length
4408 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4409 */
4410 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4411 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4412 };
4413
4414 /**
4415 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4416 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4417 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4418 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4419 * (in network byte order)
4420 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4421 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4422 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4423 * might require ARP querying.
4424 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4425 * socket and port will be allocated
4426 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4427 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4428 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4429 * of the data payload.
4430 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4431 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4432 * advertising it is just a flag
4433 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4434 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4435 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4436 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4437 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4438 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4439 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4440 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4441 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4442 * but on the TCP payload only.
4443 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4444 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4445 */
4446 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4447 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4448 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4449 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4450 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4451 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4452 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4453 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4454 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4455 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4456 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4457 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4458 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4459
4460 /* keep last */
4461 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4462 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4463 };
4464
4465 /**
4466 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4467 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4468 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4469 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4470 *
4471 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4472 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4473 */
4474 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4475 __u32 max_rules;
4476 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4477 __u32 max_delay;
4478 } __attribute__((packed));
4479
4480 /**
4481 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4482 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4483 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4484 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4485 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4486 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4487 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4488 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4489 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4490 */
4491 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4492 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4493 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4494 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4495 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4496
4497 /* keep last */
4498 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4499 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4500 };
4501
4502 /**
4503 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4504 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4505 * in a rule are matched.
4506 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4507 * in a rule are not matched.
4508 */
4509 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4510 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4511 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4512 };
4513
4514 /**
4515 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4516 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4517 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4518 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4519 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4520 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4521 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4522 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4523 */
4524 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4525 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4526 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4527 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4528
4529 /* keep last */
4530 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4531 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4532 };
4533
4534 /**
4535 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4536 *
4537 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4538 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4539 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4540 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4541 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4542 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4543 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4544 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4545 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4546 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4547 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4548 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4549 * different channels may be used within this group.
4550 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4551 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
4552 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4553 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
4554 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
4555 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
4556 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
4557 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4558 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4559 *
4560 * Examples:
4561 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4562 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4563 *
4564 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
4565 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
4566 *
4567 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4568 * => allows two STAs on different channels
4569 *
4570 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4571 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4572 *
4573 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
4574 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4575 * that any of these groups must match.
4576 *
4577 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4578 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4579 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4580 * interface type, the following group always exists:
4581 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4582 */
4583 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4584 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4585 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4586 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4587 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4588 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
4589 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
4590 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
4591 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
4592
4593 /* keep last */
4594 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4595 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4596 };
4597
4598
4599 /**
4600 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4601 *
4602 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4603 * state of non existant mesh peer links
4604 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4605 * this mesh peer
4606 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4607 * from this mesh peer
4608 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4609 * received from this mesh peer
4610 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4611 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4612 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4613 * plink are discarded
4614 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4615 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4616 */
4617 enum nl80211_plink_state {
4618 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4619 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4620 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4621 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4622 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4623 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4624 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4625
4626 /* keep last */
4627 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4628 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4629 };
4630
4631 /**
4632 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
4633 *
4634 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
4635 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
4636 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
4637 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
4638 */
4639 enum plink_actions {
4640 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
4641 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
4642 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
4643
4644 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
4645 };
4646
4647
4648 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
4649 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
4650 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
4651
4652 /**
4653 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
4654 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4655 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
4656 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
4657 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
4658 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
4659 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
4660 */
4661 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
4662 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
4663 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
4664 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
4665 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
4666
4667 /* keep last */
4668 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
4669 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
4670 };
4671
4672 /**
4673 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
4674 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
4675 * Beacon frames)
4676 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
4677 * in Beacon frames
4678 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
4679 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
4680 */
4681 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
4682 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
4683 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
4684 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
4685 };
4686
4687 /**
4688 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
4689 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4690 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
4691 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
4692 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
4693 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
4694 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
4695 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
4696 */
4697 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
4698 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
4699 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
4700 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
4701
4702 /* keep last */
4703 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
4704 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
4705 };
4706
4707 /**
4708 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
4709 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4710 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
4711 * priority)
4712 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
4713 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
4714 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
4715 * (internal)
4716 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
4717 * (internal)
4718 */
4719 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
4720 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
4721 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
4722 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
4723 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
4724
4725 /* keep last */
4726 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
4727 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
4728 };
4729
4730 /**
4731 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
4732 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
4733 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
4734 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
4735 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
4736 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
4737 */
4738 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
4739 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
4740 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
4741 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
4742 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
4743 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
4744 };
4745
4746 /*
4747 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
4748 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
4749 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
4750 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
4751 };
4752 */
4753
4754 /**
4755 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
4756 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
4757 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
4758 * socket option.
4759 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
4760 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
4761 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
4762 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
4763 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
4764 * cellular base stations.
4765 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
4766 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
4767 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
4768 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
4769 * mode
4770 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
4771 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
4772 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
4773 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
4774 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
4775 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
4776 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
4777 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
4778 * setting
4779 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
4780 * powersave
4781 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
4782 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
4783 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
4784 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
4785 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
4786 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
4787 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
4788 * states using station flags.
4789 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
4790 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
4791 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
4792 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
4793 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
4794 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
4795 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
4796 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
4797 * still generated by the driver.
4798 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
4799 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
4800 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
4801 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
4802 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
4803 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
4804 * lifetime of a BSS.
4805 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
4806 * Set IE to probe requests.
4807 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
4808 * to probe requests.
4809 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
4810 * requests sent to it by an AP.
4811 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
4812 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
4813 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
4814 * Measurement Report action frame.
4815 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
4816 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
4817 * to enable dynack.
4818 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
4819 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4820 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
4821 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
4822 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4823 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
4824 * rts/cts handshake.
4825 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
4826 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
4827 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
4828 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
4829 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
4830 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
4831 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
4832 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
4833 * operating as a TDLS peer.
4834 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4835 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
4836 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
4837 * address mask/value will be used.
4838 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
4839 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
4840 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4841 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4842 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4843 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
4844 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4845 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4846 */
4847 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
4848 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
4849 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
4850 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
4851 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
4852 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
4853 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
4854 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
4855 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
4856 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
4857 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
4858 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
4859 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
4860 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
4861 /* bit 13 is reserved */
4862 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
4863 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
4864 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
4865 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
4866 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
4867 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
4868 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
4869 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
4870 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
4871 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
4872 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
4873 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
4874 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
4875 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
4876 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
4877 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
4878 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
4879 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31,
4880 };
4881
4882 /**
4883 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
4884 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
4885 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
4886 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
4887 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
4888 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
4889 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
4890 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
4891 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
4892 * certain groups which can be configured by the
4893 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
4894 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
4895 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
4896 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
4897 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
4898 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4899 * (if available).
4900 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
4901 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
4902 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4903 * (if available).
4904 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
4905 * channel dwell time.
4906 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
4907 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
4908 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
4909 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
4910 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
4911 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
4912 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
4913 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
4914 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
4915 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
4916 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
4917 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
4918 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
4919 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
4920 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
4921 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
4922 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
4923 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
4924 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
4925 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
4926 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
4927 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
4928 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
4929 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
4930 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
4931 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
4932 * be supported.
4933 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
4934 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
4935 * actual dwell time.
4936 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
4937 * response
4938 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
4939 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
4940 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
4941 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
4942 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
4943 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
4944 *
4945 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
4946 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
4947 */
4948 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
4949 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
4950 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
4951 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
4952 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
4953 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4954 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
4955 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
4956 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
4957 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
4958 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
4959 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
4960 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
4961 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4962 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
4963 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
4964 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
4965 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
4966 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
4967 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
4968 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
4969 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
4970 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4971
4972 /* add new features before the definition below */
4973 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
4974 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
4975 };
4976
4977 /**
4978 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
4979 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
4980 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
4981 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
4982 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
4983 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
4984 * to the host.
4985 *
4986 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
4987 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
4988 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
4989 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
4990 */
4991 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
4992 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
4993 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
4994 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
4995 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
4996 };
4997
4998 /**
4999 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5000 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5001 * handled by the AP is reached.
5002 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
5003 */
5004 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5005 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5006 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5007 };
5008
5009 /**
5010 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5011 *
5012 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
5013 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
5014 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
5015 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
5016 */
5017 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
5018 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
5019 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
5020 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
5021 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
5022 };
5023
5024 /**
5025 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
5026 *
5027 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
5028 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
5029 * requests.
5030 *
5031 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5032 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5033 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5034 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5035 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5036 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5037 * when really needed
5038 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5039 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5040 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5041 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5042 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5043 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5044 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5045 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5046 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
5047 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
5048 * request parameters IE in the probe request
5049 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
5050 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
5051 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is dicovered in the channel,
5052 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
5053 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
5054 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
5055 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
5056 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
5057 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
5058 * SSID and/or RSSI
5059 */
5060 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
5061 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
5062 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
5063 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
5064 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
5065 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
5066 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
5067 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
5068 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
5069 };
5070
5071 /**
5072 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5073 *
5074 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5075 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5076 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5077 *
5078 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5079 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5080 * in ACL to authenticate.
5081 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5082 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5083 */
5084 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5085 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5086 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5087 };
5088
5089 /**
5090 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5091 *
5092 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5093 *
5094 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5095 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5096 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5097 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5098 */
5099 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5100 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
5101 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5102 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5103
5104 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5105 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5106 };
5107
5108 /**
5109 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5110 *
5111 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5112 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5113 *
5114 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5115 * now unusable.
5116 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5117 * the channel is now available.
5118 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5119 * change to the channel status.
5120 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5121 * over, channel becomes usable.
5122 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5123 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5124 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5125 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
5126 */
5127 enum nl80211_radar_event {
5128 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5129 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5130 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5131 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
5132 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
5133 };
5134
5135 /**
5136 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5137 *
5138 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5139 *
5140 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
5141 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
5142 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
5143 * is therefore marked as not available.
5144 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
5145 */
5146 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5147 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
5148 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5149 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5150 };
5151
5152 /**
5153 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5154 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5155 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5156 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5157 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5158 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5159 */
5160 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5161 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
5162 };
5163
5164 /**
5165 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5166 *
5167 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5168 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5169 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5170 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5171 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5172 */
5173 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5174 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5175 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5176 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5177 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5178 /* add other protocols before this one */
5179 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5180 };
5181
5182 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5183 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
5184
5185 /**
5186 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5187 *
5188 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5189 *
5190 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5191 */
5192 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5193 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5194 };
5195
5196 /*
5197 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5198 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5199 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5200 */
5201 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
5202
5203 /**
5204 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5205 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5206 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5207 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5208 * added to this file when needed.
5209 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5210 */
5211 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5212 __u32 vendor_id;
5213 __u32 subcmd;
5214 };
5215
5216 /**
5217 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5218 *
5219 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5220 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5221 *
5222 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5223 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5224 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5225 */
5226 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5227 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5228 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5229 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5230 };
5231
5232 /**
5233 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5234 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5235 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5236 * seconds (u32).
5237 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5238 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5239 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5240 * make the scan plan meaningless.
5241 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5242 * currently defined
5243 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5244 */
5245 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5246 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5247 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5248 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5249
5250 /* keep last */
5251 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5252 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5253 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5254 };
5255
5256 /**
5257 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5258 *
5259 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5260 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5261 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
5262 */
5263 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5264 __u8 band;
5265 __s8 delta;
5266 } __attribute__((packed));
5267
5268 /**
5269 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5270 *
5271 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5272 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5273 * is requested.
5274 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5275 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5276 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5277 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5278 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5279 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5280 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5281 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5282 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5283 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5284 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5285 *
5286 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5287 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5288 * which the driver shall use.
5289 */
5290 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5291 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5292 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5293 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5294 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5295
5296 /* keep last */
5297 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5298 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5299 };
5300
5301 /**
5302 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5303 *
5304 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5305 *
5306 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5307 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5308 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5309 */
5310 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5311 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5312 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5313 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5314
5315 /* keep last */
5316 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5317 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5318 };
5319
5320 /**
5321 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5322 *
5323 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5324 *
5325 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5326 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5327 */
5328 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5329 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5330 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5331 };
5332
5333 /**
5334 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5335 *
5336 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5337 *
5338 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5339 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5340 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5341 */
5342 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5343 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5344 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5345 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5346 };
5347
5348 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5349 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5350 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5351
5352 /**
5353 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5354 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5355 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5356 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5357 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5358 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5359 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5360 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5361 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5362 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5363 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5364 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5365 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5366 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5367 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5368 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5369 * is follow up. This is a u8.
5370 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5371 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5372 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5373 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5374 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5375 * This is a flag.
5376 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5377 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5378 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5379 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5380 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5381 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5382 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5383 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5384 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5385 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5386 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5387 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5388 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5389 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5390 *
5391 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5392 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5393 */
5394 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5395 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5396 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5397 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5398 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5399 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5400 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5401 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5402 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5403 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5404 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5405 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5406 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5407 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5408 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5409 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5410 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5411 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5412
5413 /* keep last */
5414 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5415 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5416 };
5417
5418 /**
5419 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5420 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5421 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5422 * This is a flag.
5423 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5424 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5425 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5426 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5427 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5428 * and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5429 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5430 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5431 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5432 */
5433 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5434 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5435 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5436 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
5437 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5438 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5439
5440 /* keep last */
5441 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
5442 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
5443 };
5444
5445 /**
5446 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
5447 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
5448 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
5449 * match. This is a nested attribute.
5450 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5451 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
5452 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
5453 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5454 *
5455 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
5456 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
5457 */
5458 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
5459 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
5460 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
5461 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
5462
5463 /* keep last */
5464 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
5465 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
5466 };
5467
5468 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */